[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#229) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.7.20071028-15-g9ab5ca0
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:14:36 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 9ab5ca0ac9315809bea4622e9f581321c6cd023a (commit)
from 8fd80e608f05d0df2c53115c739bc56a22e6f4da (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 6 +-
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 848 ++--
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 844 ++--
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1088 +++---
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 4281 +++++++++++++++++++--
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 89 +-
6 files changed, 5633 insertions(+), 1523 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index e5b13f4..ac5115c 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -8,7 +8,11 @@ debian-edu-doc (0.7.20071031) unstable; urgency=low
automatically via get_images yet
[Petter Reinholdtsen]
- * release-manual: update the .pot file too
+ * Release-manual: update the .pot file too
+ * Updated release manual source from the wiki.
+
+ [ Håvard Korsvoll ]
+ * Start on Norwegian Bokmål translation of the release notes.
-- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Sun, 4 Nov 2007 14:01:12 +0100
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 814b9fc..14742d5 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-02 12:12+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-04 15:41+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-23 14:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:2126
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:13
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-02 11:12 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-04 14:41 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -915,8 +915,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:402 release-manual.xml:1316 release-manual.xml:1818
-#: release-manual.xml:1853 release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:402 release-manual.xml:1349 release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1904 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:494 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:494 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1136,9 +1136,9 @@ msgstr "Installationsoptionen"
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
-"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. Though, Debian Edu "
-"is Debian, if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and "
-"a billion of configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
+"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu "
+"is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from "
+"and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
"defaults should be fine."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Du ein Debian-Edu installierst, so hast Du verschiedene Varianten zur "
@@ -1700,8 +1700,8 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:920 release-manual.xml:953 release-manual.xml:1451
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:920 release-manual.xml:953 release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -1806,25 +1806,70 @@ msgid ""
"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:981
+msgid "Clock synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:983
+msgid ""
+"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
+"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
+"time. The clocks will not be synchronized with an external source by "
+"default, to make sure the machines to not use external network connections "
+"active all the time. This was configured like this after a school "
+"discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra "
+"phone bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:985
+msgid ""
+"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
+"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
+"<computeroutput>server </computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After "
+"this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is "
+"using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:993
+msgid "Extend full partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:995
+msgid ""
+"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
+"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See "
+"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/HowTo/Administration'>administration howto chapter </ulink> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1008
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1834,14 +1879,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1020
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1849,7 +1894,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1024
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1858,19 +1903,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1879,7 +1924,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1887,41 +1932,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1041
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1048
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
+msgid ""
+"Nagios is available from <ulink url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/"
+"nagios2/ </ulink> . There is no predefined username/password, but this can "
+"be added by doing ... (please fill in the correct information here)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1062
+msgid ""
+"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
+"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
+"with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1929,17 +1992,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1046
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1948,7 +2011,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1058
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1956,7 +2019,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1965,7 +2028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1976,18 +2039,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1068
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1999,12 +2062,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2012,14 +2075,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1116
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -2030,19 +2093,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1126
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2051,25 +2114,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1101
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2078,12 +2141,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2091,12 +2154,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1125
+#: release-manual.xml:1155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -2104,12 +2167,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
@@ -2123,72 +2186,72 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1167
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1181
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2197,12 +2260,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2213,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2223,28 +2286,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1196
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2254,7 +2317,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2263,7 +2326,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2271,7 +2334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2279,18 +2342,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2299,24 +2362,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2325,18 +2388,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2346,12 +2409,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid "Howtos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
"Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
@@ -2361,41 +2424,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
msgid ""
-"With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all "
-"files in /etc/ is tracked using svk as a version control system. This make "
-"it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what "
-"was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
+"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
+"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
+"computeroutput> are tracked using svk as a version control system. This "
+"make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as "
+"what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
-"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in /"
-"etc/ are commited every hour."
+"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -2407,19 +2471,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -2427,12 +2491,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -2440,12 +2504,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1333
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -2453,14 +2517,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -2468,13 +2532,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -2482,14 +2546,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -2497,12 +2561,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -2510,7 +2574,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -2518,19 +2582,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2540,7 +2604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2550,7 +2614,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2565,34 +2629,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
"other documentataion? Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362 release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1395 release-manual.xml:1402
msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid "Java"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2600,12 +2664,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1416 release-manual.xml:1813 release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385 release-manual.xml:1764 release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1418 release-manual.xml:1815 release-manual.xml:1879
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -2621,17 +2685,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1454
msgid ""
"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
@@ -2640,12 +2704,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1429
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2653,14 +2717,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1435
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2669,19 +2733,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1472
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
+#: release-manual.xml:1480
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -2691,21 +2755,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1454
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1489
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2714,14 +2778,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2729,12 +2793,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1466
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2742,13 +2806,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1470
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2756,17 +2820,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1509
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1511
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2774,12 +2838,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -2787,14 +2851,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1522
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2802,19 +2866,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -2822,17 +2886,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1542
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2841,17 +2905,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1517
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -2861,7 +2925,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -2870,37 +2934,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"[[BR]]X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"[[BR]]X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"[[BR]]X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1542
+#: release-manual.xml:1575
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -2909,12 +2973,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -2926,24 +2990,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2952,21 +3016,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2976,12 +3040,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2994,19 +3058,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -3016,12 +3080,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -3030,12 +3094,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
-msgid "Managing poaming profiles"
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
+msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -3046,27 +3110,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
-"but the most common problems is that userse save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my docuents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
+"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
+"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational aproach </emphasis> One way to deal "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
"own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1653
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -3077,17 +3141,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625 release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1658 release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -3097,19 +3161,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651 release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1684 release-manual.xml:1757 release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1653
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -3120,37 +3184,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1671
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -3158,106 +3222,127 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
-"may experience that users loose files becouse they mistakenly save things "
+"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
"into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want "
"to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal "
"network shares."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
-"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit usinggpedit."
+"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
-"One thing to remeber is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders "
-"are automaticaly added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want "
-"this, you should also disable that in following"
+"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
+"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
+"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
+msgid "Using a local policy"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Using a local policy </emphasis> Would disable "
-"roaming profile on individual machines. This is often wanted on special "
-"machines, forinstance on dedicated machines, or machines that have lower "
-"then usual bandwith."
+"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
+"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
+"machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "FIXME: what is the key for the global policy editor"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
+msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
+msgid "altering samba config"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>altering samba config </emphasis> Would disable "
-"roaming profiles for all machines. FIXME"
+"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
+"is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path "
+"and logon home variables, and restart samba."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"logon path = \"\"\n"
+"logon home = \"\"\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
"with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
@@ -3265,7 +3350,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -3274,48 +3359,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1786
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid "Schooltool"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid ""
"FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
"use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -3323,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -3336,14 +3421,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -3351,23 +3436,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1844
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -3376,7 +3461,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -3387,48 +3472,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -3436,12 +3521,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -3450,24 +3535,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3475,22 +3560,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -3498,7 +3583,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3506,12 +3591,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -3519,7 +3604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3528,19 +3613,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2020
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3551,24 +3636,24 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3576,12 +3661,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -3594,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3607,26 +3692,31 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
-"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
+"Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, "
+"Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf Gesellensetter geschrieben undist "
+"Copyright 2007. Es ist unter der GPL2 oder einer spätere Version lizensiert. "
+"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -3639,12 +3729,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -3655,18 +3745,18 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr "Wenn Du beginnen möchtest mit der Übersetzung: Du kannst es tun!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3676,7 +3766,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -3692,7 +3782,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3700,14 +3790,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -3720,7 +3810,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -3732,12 +3822,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr "Mögliche Probleme der Übersetzungen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2107
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3747,24 +3837,24 @@ msgstr ""
"unterstützen. Später <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3774,7 +3864,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3783,7 +3873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3792,7 +3882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3800,17 +3890,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3819,12 +3909,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3838,7 +3928,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3849,7 +3939,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2157
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3861,14 +3951,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3877,7 +3967,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3885,7 +3975,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3894,7 +3984,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3909,7 +3999,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3923,7 +4013,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3932,7 +4022,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3941,7 +4031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3950,7 +4040,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3959,7 +4049,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3970,7 +4060,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3980,7 +4070,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3994,7 +4084,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -4004,7 +4094,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4016,7 +4106,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -4029,7 +4119,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -4041,7 +4131,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -4058,7 +4148,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -4066,7 +4156,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -4080,14 +4170,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -4099,7 +4189,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -4108,7 +4198,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4120,7 +4210,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -4133,7 +4223,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4147,7 +4237,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4161,27 +4251,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2259
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -4193,97 +4283,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2282
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234 release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2285 release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264 release-manual.xml:2274 release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2325 release-manual.xml:2335
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2319
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -4292,22 +4382,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 06ba356..55a683e 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-02 12:12+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-04 15:41+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-22 10:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentación/Etch/TodoJunto"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:2126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:13
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-02 11:12 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-04 14:41 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -1079,8 +1079,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:402 release-manual.xml:1316 release-manual.xml:1818
-#: release-manual.xml:1853 release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:402 release-manual.xml:1349 release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1904 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:494 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:494 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1306,9 +1306,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones de instalación"
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
-"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. Though, Debian Edu "
-"is Debian, if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and "
-"a billion of configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
+"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu "
+"is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from "
+"and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
"defaults should be fine."
msgstr ""
"Cuando haces una instalación Debian-Edu tienes que elegir entre algunas "
@@ -1903,8 +1903,8 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:920 release-manual.xml:953 release-manual.xml:1451
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:920 release-manual.xml:953 release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2015,18 +2015,63 @@ msgid ""
"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:981
+msgid "Clock synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:983
+msgid ""
+"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
+"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
+"time. The clocks will not be synchronized with an external source by "
+"default, to make sure the machines to not use external network connections "
+"active all the time. This was configured like this after a school "
+"discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra "
+"phone bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:985
+msgid ""
+"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
+"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
+"<computeroutput>server </computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After "
+"this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is "
+"using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:993
+msgid "Extend full partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:995
+msgid ""
+"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
+"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See "
+"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/HowTo/Administration'>administration howto chapter </ulink> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1008
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -2034,7 +2079,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2044,14 +2089,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1020
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2059,7 +2104,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1024
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2068,19 +2113,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2093,7 +2138,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -2101,14 +2146,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1041
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -2117,27 +2162,45 @@ msgstr ""
"mejor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1048
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
+msgid ""
+"Nagios is available from <ulink url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/"
+"nagios2/ </ulink> . There is no predefined username/password, but this can "
+"be added by doing ... (please fill in the correct information here)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1062
+msgid ""
+"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
+"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
+"with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2148,17 +2211,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1046
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr "dar apuntes sobre munin, sitesummary y nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2172,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1058
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2183,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2196,7 +2259,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ver si todo funciona como debiera."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -2212,20 +2275,20 @@ msgstr ""
"durante algún tiempo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1068
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
@@ -2245,12 +2308,12 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de actualizar!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2261,7 +2324,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1116
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -2270,7 +2333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambios internos del instalador."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -2287,12 +2350,12 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -2301,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1126
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2313,25 +2376,25 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1101
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2343,12 +2406,12 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1149
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2358,12 +2421,12 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr "después de modificar su sources.list:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1125
+#: release-manual.xml:1155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -2373,12 +2436,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
@@ -2402,12 +2465,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -2416,54 +2479,54 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1167
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
@@ -2472,7 +2535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización empieza a reemplazar los paquetes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1181
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2485,12 +2548,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2506,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2521,28 +2584,28 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1196
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2556,7 +2619,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2569,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2579,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2590,18 +2653,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2613,24 +2676,24 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2639,19 +2702,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -2667,13 +2730,13 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Howtos for general administration"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
"Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
@@ -2683,7 +2746,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -2691,35 +2754,36 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
msgid ""
-"With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all "
-"files in /etc/ is tracked using svk as a version control system. This make "
-"it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what "
-"was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
+"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
+"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
+"computeroutput> are tracked using svk as a version control system. This "
+"make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as "
+"what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
-"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in /"
-"etc/ are commited every hour."
+"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -2731,19 +2795,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -2751,12 +2815,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -2764,12 +2828,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1333
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -2777,14 +2841,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -2792,13 +2856,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -2806,14 +2870,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -2821,12 +2885,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -2834,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -2842,19 +2906,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2864,7 +2928,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2874,7 +2938,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2889,34 +2953,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
"other documentataion? Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362 release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1395 release-manual.xml:1402
msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid "Java"
msgstr "Java"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2924,12 +2988,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1416 release-manual.xml:1813 release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385 release-manual.xml:1764 release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1418 release-manual.xml:1815 release-manual.xml:1879
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -2945,18 +3009,18 @@ msgstr ""
"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
#, fuzzy
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1454
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2968,12 +3032,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1429
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2981,14 +3045,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1435
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2997,19 +3061,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1472
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
+#: release-manual.xml:1480
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -3022,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1454
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -3031,7 +3095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1489
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -3040,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3049,14 +3113,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3064,12 +3128,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1466
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3077,13 +3141,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1470
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3091,18 +3155,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1509
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1511
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3110,12 +3174,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3123,14 +3187,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1522
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3138,19 +3202,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3158,17 +3222,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1542
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3181,17 +3245,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1517
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -3201,7 +3265,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3210,37 +3274,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"[[BR]]X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"[[BR]]X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"[[BR]]X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1542
+#: release-manual.xml:1575
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3249,12 +3313,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3266,24 +3330,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3296,7 +3360,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -3305,14 +3369,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3327,12 +3391,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3353,7 +3417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -3363,13 +3427,13 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -3385,12 +3449,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -3399,12 +3463,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
-msgid "Managing poaming profiles"
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
+msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -3415,27 +3479,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
-"but the most common problems is that userse save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my docuents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
+"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
+"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational aproach </emphasis> One way to deal "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
"own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1653
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -3446,17 +3510,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625 release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1658 release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -3466,19 +3530,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651 release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1684 release-manual.xml:1757 release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1653
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -3489,37 +3553,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1671
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -3527,107 +3591,128 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
-"may experience that users loose files becouse they mistakenly save things "
+"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
"into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want "
"to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal "
"network shares."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
-"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit usinggpedit."
+"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
-"One thing to remeber is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders "
-"are automaticaly added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want "
-"this, you should also disable that in following"
+"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
+"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
+"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
+msgid "Using a local policy"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Using a local policy </emphasis> Would disable "
-"roaming profile on individual machines. This is often wanted on special "
-"machines, forinstance on dedicated machines, or machines that have lower "
-"then usual bandwith."
+"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
+"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
+"machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "FIXME: what is the key for the global policy editor"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
+msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
+msgid "altering samba config"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>altering samba config </emphasis> Would disable "
-"roaming profiles for all machines. FIXME"
+"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
+"is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path "
+"and logon home variables, and restart samba."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"logon path = \"\"\n"
+"logon home = \"\"\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
@@ -3639,7 +3724,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -3652,48 +3737,48 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1786
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid "Schooltool"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid ""
"FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
"use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -3701,7 +3786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -3714,14 +3799,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -3732,23 +3817,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1844
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -3757,7 +3842,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -3768,19 +3853,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
@@ -3789,7 +3874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
@@ -3798,25 +3883,25 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu </ulink> - lista de correo orientada a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -3827,12 +3912,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr "Se necesitan traducciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -3841,13 +3926,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
#, fuzzy
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr "Unirse a un equipo local de Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
@@ -3856,13 +3941,13 @@ msgstr ""
"España (la región de Extremadura con LinEx)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr "Comenzar un nuevo equipo local de debian-edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3874,22 +3959,22 @@ msgstr ""
"edu!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "in english"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -3901,7 +3986,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3912,12 +3997,12 @@ msgstr ""
"útil para informar de problemas que para que te ayuden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3929,7 +4014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3942,12 +4027,12 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid "in german"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -3958,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2020
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3968,12 +4053,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "in french"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -3983,12 +4068,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3999,12 +4084,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -4016,7 +4101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -4028,12 +4113,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -4042,16 +4127,17 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
-"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traducción a noruego es copyright 2007 de Petter Reinholdtsen y está bajo "
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -4062,12 +4148,12 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -4078,18 +4164,18 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -4099,7 +4185,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -4114,7 +4200,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -4122,14 +4208,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -4138,7 +4224,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -4152,12 +4238,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr "Problemas potenciales para los traductores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2107
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4166,24 +4252,24 @@ msgstr ""
"diferentes imágenes con diferentes traducciones <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -4197,7 +4283,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -4206,7 +4292,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -4215,7 +4301,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -4223,17 +4309,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -4242,12 +4328,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -4261,7 +4347,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -4272,7 +4358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2157
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -4284,14 +4370,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -4300,7 +4386,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -4308,7 +4394,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -4317,7 +4403,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -4332,7 +4418,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -4346,7 +4432,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -4355,7 +4441,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -4364,7 +4450,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -4373,7 +4459,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -4382,7 +4468,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -4393,7 +4479,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -4403,7 +4489,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -4417,7 +4503,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -4427,7 +4513,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4439,7 +4525,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -4452,7 +4538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -4464,7 +4550,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -4481,7 +4567,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -4489,7 +4575,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -4503,14 +4589,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -4522,7 +4608,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -4531,7 +4617,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4543,7 +4629,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -4556,7 +4642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4570,7 +4656,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4584,27 +4670,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2259
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -4616,99 +4702,99 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2282
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234 release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2285 release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264 release-manual.xml:2274 release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2325 release-manual.xml:2335
#, fuzzy
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2319
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -4717,22 +4803,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 9e5d5c0..6b91f97 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-02 12:12+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-04 15:41+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-04 12:47+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-nb at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:2126
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Utgivelsesmanual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -29,15 +29,21 @@ msgstr "Utgivelsesmanual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgid ""
"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
"Debian Edu etch 3.0 release."
-msgstr "Dette er (<emphasis>fortsatt ufullstendig</emphasis>) utgivelsesmanualen for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0"
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er (<emphasis>fortsatt ufullstendig</emphasis>) utgivelsesmanualen for "
+"utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-02 11:12 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-04 14:41 UTC</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-11-02 11:12 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-11-02 11:12 UTC</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:16
@@ -45,7 +51,10 @@ msgid ""
"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
"wiki and updated frequently."
-msgstr "Versjonen på <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> er en wiki og oppdateres regelmessig."
+msgstr ""
+"Versjonen på <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> er en "
+"wiki og oppdateres regelmessig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:19
@@ -54,140 +63,182 @@ msgid ""
"ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> "
"package, which can be <ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-"
"doc/'>installed on a webserver </ulink>."
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Oversettelser</ulink> er en del av pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, som kan <ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installeres på en webtener</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Oversettelser</"
+"ulink> er en del av pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, "
+"som kan <ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-"
+"doc/'>installeres på en webtener</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:24
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About </ulink> "
"Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>Om</ulink> Debian Edu og Skolelinux"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>Om</ulink> Debian "
+"Edu og Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:28
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architecture </"
"ulink> - the design principles of Debian Edu"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Arkitektur</ulink> - designprinsippa til Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Arkitektur</ulink> - "
+"designprinsippa til Debian Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:32
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Features </ulink> - new "
"Features in this release and old ones"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Egenskaper</ulink> - ny egenskaper for denne utgivelsen og gamle"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Egenskaper</ulink> - ny "
+"egenskaper for denne utgivelsen og gamle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requirements </"
"ulink> to run Debian Edu"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Systemkrav</ulink> for å kjøre Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Systemkrav</ulink> "
+"for å kjøre Debian Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installation </"
"ulink> - how to install"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installasjon</ulink> - hvordan installere"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installasjon</ulink> "
+"- hvordan installere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:44
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting started </"
"ulink> - what needs to be done after Installation"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Komme igang</ulink> - hva som må gjøres etter installasjon"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Komme igang</"
+"ulink> - hva som må gjøres etter installasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:48
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance </"
"ulink> - Security updates, Backups and monitoring the systems"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Vedlikehold</ulink> - Sikkerhetsoppdateringer, sikkerhetskopier og overvåkning av systemet"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Vedlikehold</ulink> "
+"- Sikkerhetsoppdateringer, sikkerhetskopier og overvåkning av systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Upgrades </ulink> from "
"Debian Edu sarge and woody"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Oppgraderinger</ulink> fra Debian Edu sarge og woody"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Oppgraderinger</ulink> "
+"fra Debian Edu sarge og woody"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
"step by step Howtos:"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>Veiledninger</ulink> - enkle trinn for trinn veiledninger:"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>Veiledninger</ulink> - "
+"enkle trinn for trinn veiledninger:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:59
msgid ""
"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
"administriation </ulink>"
-msgstr "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>generell administrasjon</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>generell "
+"administrasjon</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop </"
"ulink>"
-msgstr "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>skrivebordet</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>skrivebordet</"
+"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
"NetworkClients'>networked clients </ulink>"
-msgstr "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients'>nettverksklienter</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
+"NetworkClients'>nettverksklienter</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid ""
"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
"and learning </ulink>"
-msgstr "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>undervisning og opplæring</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
+"TeachAndLearn'>undervisning og opplæring</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
"Debian Edu"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Bidra</ulink> til Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Bidra</ulink> til "
+"Debian Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - how"
"+where to find help"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support</ulink> - hvordan og hvor finner man hjelp"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support</ulink> - hvordan "
+"og hvor finner man hjelp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:85
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
"Authors of this document"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Opphavsrett</ulink> og forfattere av dette dokumentet"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Opphavsrett</ulink> og "
+"forfattere av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:89
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
"ulink> of this document"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Oversettelser</ulink> av dette dokumentet"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Oversettelser</"
+"ulink> av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
"The GNU Public Licence"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Vedlegg A</ulink> - Lisens (GPL)"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Vedlegg A</ulink> - "
+"Lisens (GPL)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
"about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
-msgstr "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Vedlegg B</ulink> - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Vedlegg B</ulink> - om "
+"Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:102
@@ -195,7 +246,10 @@ msgid ""
"Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page </"
"ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page "
"</ulink>"
-msgstr "Spesielle sider: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Innholdsside</ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>Alt på en side</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Spesielle sider: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Innholdsside</"
+"ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>Alt på en side</"
+"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:109
@@ -211,14 +265,22 @@ msgid ""
"out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-network "
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
"serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
-msgstr "Skolelinux er Debian Edu-prosjektet's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>tilpasset Debian-distribusjon</ulink> (CDD) i utvikling. Det dette betyr er at Skolelinux er en versjon av Debian som ut av boksen gir deg et miljø som er tilpasset skolenettverk i Norge, der Skolelinux ble startet. Hovedmålgruppen er skoler for barn i aldersgruppen 6-16 år."
+msgstr ""
+"Skolelinux er Debian Edu-prosjektet's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>tilpasset Debian-distribusjon</ulink> (CDD) i "
+"utvikling. Det dette betyr er at Skolelinux er en versjon av Debian som ut "
+"av boksen gir deg et miljø som er tilpasset skolenettverk i Norge, der "
+"Skolelinux ble startet. Hovedmålgruppen er skoler for barn i aldersgruppen 6-"
+"16 år."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:114
msgid ""
"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
-msgstr "Systemet er i bruk i flere land rundt om i verden, med de fleste installasjonene i Norge, Tyskland og Frankrike."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemet er i bruk i flere land rundt om i verden, med de fleste "
+"installasjonene i Norge, Tyskland og Frankrike."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:119
@@ -230,7 +292,9 @@ msgstr "Arkitektur"
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
-msgstr "Denne delen av dokumentet beskriver nettverksarkitekturen og tjenester som skolelinuxinstallasjonen tilbyr."
+msgstr ""
+"Denne delen av dokumentet beskriver nettverksarkitekturen og tjenester som "
+"skolelinuxinstallasjonen tilbyr."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:125
@@ -248,7 +312,10 @@ msgid ""
"Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
"Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
"dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia </ulink>"
-msgstr "Nettverksarkitekturen som dia-fil:<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nettverksarkitekturen som dia-fil:<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
+"dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:136
@@ -261,7 +328,16 @@ msgid ""
"the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
"the rest of the network services."
-msgstr "Figuren er en skisse over den forventede nettverkstopologien. Standardoppsettet til et skolelinuxnettverk forventer at det er en (og bare en) hovedtjener, men det er tillatt å legge til både normale arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienttjenere (med tilhørende tynnklienter). Antallet arbeidsstasjoner kan være stort eller lite alt etter behovet (fra null til veldig mange). Det samme gjelder for tynnklienttjenere. Hver enkel tynnklienttjener er på et adskilt nettverk slik at nettverkstrafikken mellom tynnklienter og tynnklienttjenere ikke forstyrrer resten av nettverkstjenestene."
+msgstr ""
+"Figuren er en skisse over den forventede nettverkstopologien. "
+"Standardoppsettet til et skolelinuxnettverk forventer at det er en (og bare "
+"en) hovedtjener, men det er tillatt å legge til både normale "
+"arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienttjenere (med tilhørende tynnklienter). "
+"Antallet arbeidsstasjoner kan være stort eller lite alt etter behovet (fra "
+"null til veldig mange). Det samme gjelder for tynnklienttjenere. Hver enkel "
+"tynnklienttjener er på et adskilt nettverk slik at nettverkstrafikken mellom "
+"tynnklienter og tynnklienttjenere ikke forstyrrer resten av "
+"nettverkstjenestene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:138
@@ -272,7 +348,12 @@ msgid ""
"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
"service to the right computer."
-msgstr "Grunnen til at det bare kan være en hovedtjener i hvert skolenettverk er at hovedtjeneren tilbyr DHCP, og det kan bare være en maskin som gjør det i et nettverk. Det er mulig å flytte tjenester fra hovedtjeneren til andre maskiner ved å sette opp tjenesten på en annen maskin, og så oppdatere DNS-oppsettet slik at DNS-aliaset for den tjenesten peker til rett maskin."
+msgstr ""
+"Grunnen til at det bare kan være en hovedtjener i hvert skolenettverk er at "
+"hovedtjeneren tilbyr DHCP, og det kan bare være en maskin som gjør det i et "
+"nettverk. Det er mulig å flytte tjenester fra hovedtjeneren til andre "
+"maskiner ved å sette opp tjenesten på en annen maskin, og så oppdatere DNS-"
+"oppsettet slik at DNS-aliaset for den tjenesten peker til rett maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:140
@@ -282,7 +363,11 @@ msgid ""
"both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
"a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the "
"default situation to this should be documented separately)."
-msgstr "For å forenkle standardoppsettet i Skolelinux, blir tilkoblingen til internett kjørt over en egen ruter. Det er mulig å sette opp Debian til å koble til internett både med modem og ISDN, men det er ikke gjort noe forsøk på å få et slikt oppsett til å fungere ut av boksen i Skolelinux."
+msgstr ""
+"For å forenkle standardoppsettet i Skolelinux, blir tilkoblingen til "
+"internett kjørt over en egen ruter. Det er mulig å sette opp Debian til å "
+"koble til internett både med modem og ISDN, men det er ikke gjort noe forsøk "
+"på å få et slikt oppsett til å fungere ut av boksen i Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:145
@@ -302,7 +387,16 @@ msgid ""
"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
"to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that "
"machine first of course)."
-msgstr "Med unntak av kontrollen med tynnklienter, er alle tjenester i utgangspunktet satt opp på en sentral maskin (hovedtjener). Av ytelsesgrunner bør tynnklienttjeneren være en egen maskin (selv om det er mulig å installere profilene for både hovedtjener og tynnklienttjener på en og samme maskin). Alle tjenester er gitt et eget DNS-navn og blir tilbydd over IPv4. DNS-navnet på tjenestene gjør det enkelt å flytte individuelle tjenester fra hovedtjener til en annen maskin, ved å stoppe tjenesten på hovedtjener og endre DNS-oppsettet slik at DNS-navnet peker til en ny plassering av tjenesten (som bør settes opp på forhånd selvfølgelig)."
+msgstr ""
+"Med unntak av kontrollen med tynnklienter, er alle tjenester i "
+"utgangspunktet satt opp på en sentral maskin (hovedtjener). Av "
+"ytelsesgrunner bør tynnklienttjeneren være en egen maskin (selv om det er "
+"mulig å installere profilene for både hovedtjener og tynnklienttjener på en "
+"og samme maskin). Alle tjenester er gitt et eget DNS-navn og blir tilbydd "
+"over IPv4. DNS-navnet på tjenestene gjør det enkelt å flytte individuelle "
+"tjenester fra hovedtjener til en annen maskin, ved å stoppe tjenesten på "
+"hovedtjener og endre DNS-oppsettet slik at DNS-navnet peker til en ny "
+"plassering av tjenesten (som bør settes opp på forhånd selvfølgelig)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:149
@@ -310,7 +404,9 @@ msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
"text."
-msgstr "For å sikre sikkerheten er alle tilkoplinger der passord blir overført over nettverket kryptert. Så ingen passord blir sendt over nettverket i klartekst."
+msgstr ""
+"For å sikre sikkerheten er alle tilkoplinger der passord blir overført over "
+"nettverket kryptert. Så ingen passord blir sendt over nettverket i klartekst."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:151
@@ -323,7 +419,15 @@ msgid ""
"possible, refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making "
"it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS "
"domain), or their IP address."
-msgstr "Under er en liste over tjenester som er satt opp som standard i et skolelinuxnettverk, med DNS-navn for hver tjeneste i hakeparentes. Når det er mulig er DNS-navnet tilsvarende navnet til tjenesten i <computeroutput>/etc/services</computeroutput>. Der dette ikke er mulig er det vanlige navnet til tjenesten brukt som DNS-navn. Alle oppsettfiler vil, viss der er mulig, referere til tjenesten ved hjelp av navn (uten domenenavn). Dette gjør det enkelt for skoler å bytte domenet (viss de har eget DNS-domene) eller IP-adressen deres."
+msgstr ""
+"Under er en liste over tjenester som er satt opp som standard i et "
+"skolelinuxnettverk, med DNS-navn for hver tjeneste i hakeparentes. Når det "
+"er mulig er DNS-navnet tilsvarende navnet til tjenesten i <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/services</computeroutput>. Der dette ikke er mulig er det vanlige navnet "
+"til tjenesten brukt som DNS-navn. Alle oppsettfiler vil, viss der er mulig, "
+"referere til tjenesten ved hjelp av navn (uten domenenavn). Dette gjør det "
+"enkelt for skoler å bytte domenet (viss de har eget DNS-domene) eller IP-"
+"adressen deres."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:171
@@ -333,7 +437,12 @@ msgid ""
"giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are "
"using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS "
"for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
-msgstr "Hver bruker lagrer sine egne filer i sin egen hjemmemappe, som er gjort tilgjengelig fra tjeneren. Hjemmemapper er tilgjengelig fra alle maskiner, noe som gir brukerne tilgang til de samme filene uansett hvilken maskin de bruker. Tjeneren bryr seg ikke om hvilket operativsystem den tilbyr sine filer for, NFS for Unixklienter, SMB for Windows og Macintosh-klienter."
+msgstr ""
+"Hver bruker lagrer sine egne filer i sin egen hjemmemappe, som er gjort "
+"tilgjengelig fra tjeneren. Hjemmemapper er tilgjengelig fra alle maskiner, "
+"noe som gir brukerne tilgang til de samme filene uansett hvilken maskin de "
+"bruker. Tjeneren bryr seg ikke om hvilket operativsystem den tilbyr sine "
+"filer for, NFS for Unixklienter, SMB for Windows og Macintosh-klienter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:173
@@ -344,14 +453,23 @@ msgid ""
"the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set "
"up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access "
"their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP."
-msgstr "Som standard er e-post satt opp med bare lokal leveranse (for eks. innen skolen). Men e-postlevering for resten av nettet kan settes opp dersom skolen har en fast internettilkopling. E-postlister er satt opp basert på brukerdatabasen, ved å gi hver enkel klasse sin egen e-postliste. Klienter er satt opp til å levere e-post til tjeneren (ved bruk av \"smarthost\") og brukere kan få tilgang til sin personlige e-post gjennom enten POP3 eller IMAP."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard er e-post satt opp med bare lokal leveranse (for eks. innen "
+"skolen). Men e-postlevering for resten av nettet kan settes opp dersom "
+"skolen har en fast internettilkopling. E-postlister er satt opp basert på "
+"brukerdatabasen, ved å gi hver enkel klasse sin egen e-postliste. Klienter "
+"er satt opp til å levere e-post til tjeneren (ved bruk av \"smarthost\") og "
+"brukere kan få tilgang til sin personlige e-post gjennom enten POP3 eller "
+"IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
-msgstr "Alle tjenester er tilgjengelig ved bruk av samme brukernavn og passord, på grunn av den sentrale brukerdatabasen for autentisering og autorisering."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle tjenester er tilgjengelig ved bruk av samme brukernavn og passord, på "
+"grunn av den sentrale brukerdatabasen for autentisering og autorisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:177
@@ -360,7 +478,11 @@ msgid ""
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
"machines."
-msgstr "For å øke ytelsen på sider som ofte blir besøkt blir det brukt en mellomtjener (proxy) som mellomlagrer filer lokalt (Squid). I tillegg til å kontrollere internettrafikk i ruteren gjør dette det også mulig å kontrollere internettilgang på individuelle maskiner."
+msgstr ""
+"For å øke ytelsen på sider som ofte blir besøkt blir det brukt en "
+"mellomtjener (proxy) som mellomlagrer filer lokalt (Squid). I tillegg til å "
+"kontrollere internettrafikk i ruteren gjør dette det også mulig å "
+"kontrollere internettilgang på individuelle maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:179
@@ -370,7 +492,13 @@ msgid ""
"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via "
"the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic "
"of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)."
-msgstr "Nettverksoppsett på klienter blir gjort automatisk ved hjelp av DHCP. Vanlige klienter blir gitt IP-adresser i det private undernettet 10.0.2.0/23, mens tynnklienter kopler til den tilhørende tynnklienttjeneren via et eget undernett 192.168.0.0/24 (dette er for å sikre at nettverkstrafikk til og fra tynnklienter ikke forstyrrer resten av nettverkstjenestene)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nettverksoppsett på klienter blir gjort automatisk ved hjelp av DHCP. "
+"Vanlige klienter blir gitt IP-adresser i det private undernettet "
+"10.0.2.0/23, mens tynnklienter kopler til den tilhørende tynnklienttjeneren "
+"via et eget undernett 192.168.0.0/24 (dette er for å sikre at "
+"nettverkstrafikk til og fra tynnklienter ikke forstyrrer resten av "
+"nettverkstjenestene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:181
@@ -378,7 +506,10 @@ msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
"incoming messages from the local network."
-msgstr "Sentralisert logging er satt opp slik at alle maskiner sender sine syslog-meldinger til tjeneren. Syslogtjenesten er satt opp slik at den bare aksepterer innkommende meldinger fra det lokale nettverket."
+msgstr ""
+"Sentralisert logging er satt opp slik at alle maskiner sender sine syslog-"
+"meldinger til tjeneren. Syslogtjenesten er satt opp slik at den bare "
+"aksepterer innkommende meldinger fra det lokale nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:183
@@ -387,7 +518,11 @@ msgid ""
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
"can use it as the main DNS Server."
-msgstr "Som standard er DNS-tjeneren satt opp med et domene bare for intern bruk (*.intern) fram til et ekte («eksternt») DNS-domene kan settes opp. DNS-tjeneren er satt opp som en mellomlagrende DNS-tjener slik at alle maskiner på nettverket kan bruke den som hoved DNS-tjener."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard er DNS-tjeneren satt opp med et domene bare for intern bruk (*."
+"intern) fram til et ekte («eksternt») DNS-domene kan settes opp. DNS-"
+"tjeneren er satt opp som en mellomlagrende DNS-tjener slik at alle maskiner "
+"på nettverket kan bruke den som hoved DNS-tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:185
@@ -789,8 +924,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:402 release-manual.xml:1316 release-manual.xml:1818
-#: release-manual.xml:1853 release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:402 release-manual.xml:1349 release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1904 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -968,7 +1103,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:494 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:494 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1002,9 +1137,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
-"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. Though, Debian Edu "
-"is Debian, if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and "
-"a billion of configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
+"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu "
+"is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from "
+"and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
"defaults should be fine."
msgstr ""
@@ -1094,7 +1229,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:591
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
@@ -1552,8 +1688,8 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:920 release-manual.xml:953 release-manual.xml:1451
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:920 release-manual.xml:953 release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1658,25 +1794,70 @@ msgid ""
"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:981
+msgid "Clock synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:983
+msgid ""
+"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
+"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
+"time. The clocks will not be synchronized with an external source by "
+"default, to make sure the machines to not use external network connections "
+"active all the time. This was configured like this after a school "
+"discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra "
+"phone bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:985
+msgid ""
+"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
+"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
+"<computeroutput>server </computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After "
+"this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is "
+"using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:993
+msgid "Extend full partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:995
+msgid ""
+"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
+"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See "
+"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/HowTo/Administration'>administration howto chapter </ulink> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1008
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1686,14 +1867,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1020
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1701,7 +1882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1024
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1710,19 +1891,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1731,7 +1912,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1739,41 +1920,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1041
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1048
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
+msgid ""
+"Nagios is available from <ulink url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/"
+"nagios2/ </ulink> . There is no predefined username/password, but this can "
+"be added by doing ... (please fill in the correct information here)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1062
+msgid ""
+"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
+"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
+"with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1781,17 +1980,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1046
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1800,7 +1999,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1058
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1808,7 +2007,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1817,7 +2016,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1828,17 +2027,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1068
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1850,12 +2050,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -1863,14 +2063,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1116
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -1881,19 +2081,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1126
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -1902,25 +2102,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1101
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -1929,12 +2129,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -1942,12 +2142,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1125
+#: release-manual.xml:1155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -1955,12 +2155,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
@@ -1974,71 +2174,72 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1167
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1181
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2047,12 +2248,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2063,7 +2264,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2073,28 +2274,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1196
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2104,7 +2305,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2113,7 +2314,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2121,7 +2322,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2129,18 +2330,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2149,23 +2350,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2174,18 +2376,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2195,12 +2397,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid "Howtos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
"Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
@@ -2210,40 +2412,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
msgid ""
-"With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all "
-"files in /etc/ is tracked using svk as a version control system. This make "
-"it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what "
-"was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
+"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
+"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
+"computeroutput> are tracked using svk as a version control system. This "
+"make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as "
+"what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
-"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in /"
-"etc/ are commited every hour."
+"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -2255,19 +2459,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -2275,12 +2479,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -2288,12 +2492,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1333
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -2301,14 +2505,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -2316,12 +2520,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -2329,14 +2534,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -2344,12 +2549,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -2357,7 +2562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -2365,19 +2570,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2387,7 +2592,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2397,7 +2602,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2412,34 +2617,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
"other documentataion? Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362 release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1395 release-manual.xml:1402
msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid "Java"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2447,12 +2652,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1416 release-manual.xml:1813 release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385 release-manual.xml:1764 release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1418 release-manual.xml:1815 release-manual.xml:1879
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -2463,17 +2668,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1454
msgid ""
"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
@@ -2482,12 +2687,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1429
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2495,14 +2700,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1435
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2511,19 +2716,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1472
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
+#: release-manual.xml:1480
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -2533,21 +2738,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1454
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1489
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2556,14 +2761,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2571,12 +2776,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1466
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2584,12 +2789,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1470
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2597,18 +2803,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1509
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre tema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1511
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2616,12 +2822,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -2629,14 +2835,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1522
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2644,19 +2850,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -2664,17 +2870,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1542
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2683,17 +2889,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1517
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -2703,7 +2909,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -2712,37 +2918,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"[[BR]]X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"[[BR]]X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"[[BR]]X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1542
+#: release-manual.xml:1575
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -2751,12 +2957,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -2768,24 +2974,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2794,21 +3000,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2818,12 +3024,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2836,19 +3042,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -2858,12 +3064,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -2872,12 +3078,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
-msgid "Managing poaming profiles"
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
+msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -2888,27 +3094,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
-"but the most common problems is that userse save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my docuents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
+"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
+"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational aproach </emphasis> One way to deal "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
"own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1653
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -2919,17 +3125,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625 release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1658 release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -2939,19 +3145,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651 release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1684 release-manual.xml:1757 release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1653
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -2962,36 +3168,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1671
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -2999,105 +3206,127 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Tjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
-"may experience that users loose files becouse they mistakenly save things "
+"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
"into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want "
"to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal "
"network shares."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
-"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit usinggpedit."
+"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
-"One thing to remeber is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders "
-"are automaticaly added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want "
-"this, you should also disable that in following"
+"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
+"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
+"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
+msgid "Using a local policy"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Using a local policy </emphasis> Would disable "
-"roaming profile on individual machines. This is often wanted on special "
-"machines, forinstance on dedicated machines, or machines that have lower "
-"then usual bandwith."
+"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
+"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
+"machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "FIXME: what is the key for the global policy editor"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
+msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
+msgid "altering samba config"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>altering samba config </emphasis> Would disable "
-"roaming profiles for all machines. FIXME"
+"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
+"is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path "
+"and logon home variables, and restart samba."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"logon path = \"\"\n"
+"logon home = \"\"\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
"with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
@@ -3105,7 +3334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -3114,48 +3343,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1786
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid "Schooltool"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid ""
"FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
"use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -3163,7 +3392,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -3176,14 +3405,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -3191,22 +3420,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1844
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -3215,7 +3444,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -3226,48 +3455,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -3275,12 +3504,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -3289,24 +3518,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3314,22 +3543,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -3337,7 +3566,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3345,12 +3574,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -3358,7 +3587,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3367,43 +3596,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2020
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3411,13 +3640,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter "
@@ -3425,7 +3654,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3434,27 +3663,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
-"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under "
@@ -3462,29 +3691,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3494,7 +3723,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -3505,7 +3734,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3513,14 +3742,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -3529,7 +3758,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -3537,36 +3766,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2107
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3576,7 +3805,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3585,7 +3814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3594,7 +3823,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3602,17 +3831,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3621,12 +3850,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3640,7 +3869,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3651,7 +3880,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2157
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3663,14 +3892,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3679,7 +3908,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3687,7 +3916,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3696,7 +3925,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3711,7 +3940,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3725,7 +3954,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3734,7 +3963,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3743,7 +3972,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3752,7 +3981,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3761,7 +3990,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3772,7 +4001,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3782,7 +4011,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3796,7 +4025,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3806,7 +4035,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3818,7 +4047,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3831,7 +4060,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3843,7 +4072,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3860,7 +4089,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3868,7 +4097,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3882,14 +4111,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3901,7 +4130,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3910,7 +4139,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3922,7 +4151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3935,7 +4164,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3949,7 +4178,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3963,27 +4192,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2259
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -3995,97 +4224,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2282
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234 release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2285 release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264 release-manual.xml:2274 release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2325 release-manual.xml:2335
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2319
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -4094,25 +4323,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 16142e9..7426db4 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,108 +6,3539 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-14 18:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-04 15:41+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:2
msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:2126
+msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
+"Debian Edu etch 3.0 release."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-04 14:41 "
+"UTC</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The version at <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch "
+"</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations "
+"</ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> "
+"package, which can be <ulink "
+"url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
+"webserver </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About </ulink> "
+"Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architecture "
+"</ulink> - the design principles of Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Features </ulink> - new "
+"Features in this release and old ones"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requirements "
+"</ulink> to run Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installation "
+"</ulink> - how to install"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting started "
+"</ulink> - what needs to be done after Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance "
+"</ulink> - Security updates, Backups and monitoring the systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Upgrades </ulink> from "
+"Debian Edu sarge and woody"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
+"step by step Howtos:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
+"administriation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop "
+"</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink "
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients'>networked clients "
+"</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
+"and learning </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
+"Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - "
+"how+where to find help"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
+"Authors of this document"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations "
+"</ulink> of this document"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
+"The GNU Public Licence"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
+"about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page "
+"</ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one "
+"page </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:109
+msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in development. What this means is that "
+"Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose out-of-the box environment gives you "
+"a completely configured school-network In Norway, where Skolelinux was "
+"started, the main target group is schools serving the 6-16 years age "
+"bracket."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
+"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:119
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
+"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:125
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:128
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Network architecture as dia file: <ulink "
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia "
+"</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
+"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
+"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and "
+"thin-client-servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of "
+"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a "
+"lot). The same goes for the thin-client servers, each of which is on a "
+"separate network so that the traffic between the thin-clients and the "
+"thin-client server doesn't affect the rest of the network services."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
+"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
+"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
+"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
+"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
+"service to the right computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
+"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
+"both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
+"a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the "
+"default situation to this should be documented separately)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:145
+msgid "Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
+"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
+"reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is "
+"possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on "
+"the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are "
+"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move "
+"individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply "
+"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
+"to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that "
+"machine first of course)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
+"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
+"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
+"possible the DNS name correspond to the service name in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/services </computeroutput>, where this is not possible "
+"the common name of the service is used as the DNS name. All configuration "
+"files will, if possible, refer to the service by name (without the domain "
+"name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they "
+"have an own DNS domain), or their IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
+"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
+"giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are "
+"using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS "
+"for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
+"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
+"school has a fixed Internet-connection. Mailing lists are set up based on "
+"the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set "
+"up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access "
+"their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
+"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
+"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
+"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using "
+"DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet "
+"10.0.2.0/23, while thin clients are connected to the corresponding "
+"thin-client-server via the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure "
+"that the network traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest "
+"of the network services)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
+"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
+"incoming messages from the local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:183
+msgid ""
+"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only "
+"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
+"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
+"can use it as the main DNS Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
+"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
+"individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will "
+"have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
+"programmable on the server side."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
+"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
+"achieve this a centralized directory server is set up. The directory will "
+"have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To "
+"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, "
+"mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines "
+"which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and "
+"mailing lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
+"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
+"part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or "
+"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
+"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
+"achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time "
+"Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to "
+"synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should "
+"synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus "
+"ensuring the whole network has the correct time."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
+"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
+"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they "
+"belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:197
+msgid "Thin client services"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an "
+"(X-)terminal. This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly "
+"from the server using network-PROM without using the local client hard "
+"drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
+"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
+"service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the "
+"network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and "
+"finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus "
+"ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
+"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
+"clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify "
+"which client is logged onto what on the central server?)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:209
+msgid "Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
+"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
+"will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full "
+"access to the machines"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
+"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
+"suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation "
+"distribute the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
+"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
+"authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:220 release-manual.xml:394
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:222
+msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
+"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
+"installation works without access to the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
+"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
+"workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up "
+"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally "
+"location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:231
+msgid "File system access configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:233
+msgid ""
+"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
+"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
+"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to "
+"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by "
+"everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
+"anyone but the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
+"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
+"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ "
+"</computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, "
+"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/ </computeroutput>, in which all the "
+"user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, "
+"to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
+"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
+"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink "
+"url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>More "
+"info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This allows for "
+"all new files created by the user to be set with full access for the file's "
+"group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance of rights, "
+"this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a file "
+"group. Therefore, the users' umask should be 00X. (If all users initially "
+"should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the relevant "
+"group should be given initial read access then X=7.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of "
+"policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can "
+"later be removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, "
+"necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach "
+"encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas "
+"the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive "
+"information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent "
+"to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other "
+"users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, "
+"where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second "
+"solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even "
+"if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be "
+"helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved "
+"particular problems (typically configuration issues)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
+"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
+"blocked. This will simplify deciding whether the file should be made "
+"readable or not. Concretely, umask should be set to 002, and "
+"<computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> created with privileges 0775, "
+"<computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> given 0750,and "
+"<computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput> given 0775. Files that should not "
+"be readable by others should be put in <computeroutput>~/priv/ "
+"</computeroutput>, whereas public files will be put in "
+"<computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput>. Other files will initially be "
+"accessible, but may be blocked as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
+"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
+"is 755."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:259
+msgid "random notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:276
+msgid "Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:280
+msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:290
+msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:303
+msgid ""
+"Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
+"it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
+"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>, which doesn't has the same "
+"functionality as <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput>, the old user "
+"administration tool. But <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput> requires "
+"<computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:310
+msgid ""
+"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The "
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>Howto teach "
+"and learn </ulink> Chapter describes how to install swi-prolog on etch."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:318
+msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:324
+msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:331
+msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink "
+"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html "
+"</ulink> )"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:345
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
+"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
+"schools operated centrally. This variety of configurations makes a huge "
+"difference on how things are set up regarding network components, servers "
+"and client machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:357
+msgid ""
+"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
+"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
+"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
+"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
+"variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:362
+msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:364
+msgid ""
+"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ "
+"</ulink> ."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:369
+msgid "Network requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:373
+msgid "Internet-Router"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
+"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
+"must not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not "
+"needed and will not be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
+"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
+"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>. If you need something "
+"for an embedded router we recommend <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT "
+"</ulink>, check here for <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported hardware "
+"</ulink>. If you are into BSD unix, <ulink "
+"url='http://www.pfsense.org/'>pfsense </ulink> and <ulink "
+"url='http://m0n0.ch/wall/'>m0n0wall </ulink> are good choices. Though since "
+"they are BSD based, we think they are better suited for more experienced "
+"administrators."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:385
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
+"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
+"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
+"you stay with the default <ulink "
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>network architecture "
+"</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:398
+msgid "Where to find more information"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:400
+msgid ""
+"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink "
+"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for "
+"Debian etch </ulink> before you start installing a system for production "
+"use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to "
+"though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:402 release-manual.xml:1349 release-manual.xml:1869 release-manual.xml:1904 release-manual.xml:1943
+msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:407
+msgid ""
+"Even more <ulink "
+"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about "
+"the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its installation manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:413
+msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:417
+msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:419
+msgid ""
+"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
+"these methods:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:421
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:424
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:427
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync "
+"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:432
+msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:434
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:437
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync "
+"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:445
+msgid "amd64"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:447
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:450
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync "
+"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:458
+msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:460
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:463
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:466
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync "
+"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:471
+msgid ""
+"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
+"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
+"consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might not "
+"be able to support as the other archs."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:473
+msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:475
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:478
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:481
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync "
+"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:490
+msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
+"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
+"url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss "
+"the payment details <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:494 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:2108
+msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:497
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
+"to be sent to in the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:502
+msgid "Installation from CD"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:504
+msgid ""
+"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
+"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
+"profile to profile:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:517
+msgid "Installation options"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:519
+msgid ""
+"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
+"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
+"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu "
+"is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from "
+"and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
+"defaults should be fine."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:521
+msgid ""
+"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
+"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
+"<computeroutput>install </computeroutput> at the boot prompt to do a "
+"text-mode install."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:525
+msgid ""
+"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
+"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
+"partitioning. Enter <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert "
+"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert "
+"</computeroutput> at the syslinux/yaboot prompt to enter expert mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:531
+msgid ""
+"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
+"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
+"<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput> to get the GUI version on "
+"amd64."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:558
+msgid ""
+"please say yes to submit information to <ulink "
+"url='http://popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - "
+"though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:569
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
+"workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:573
+msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:575
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
+"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
+"mounting a partition there. If you don't create that directory you will only "
+"be able to login as root. The reason is that the user creation system "
+"require this directory to exist to be able to create users home directories, "
+"and without a users home directory the user can not log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:580
+msgid "A note on notebooks"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:582
+msgid ""
+"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
+"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
+"profile uses LDAP for the user accounts and NFS for the home directories, so "
+"those workstations will only work while in the network where they can access "
+"the server. If you plan to use your laptop at home or on the road, choose "
+"the standalone profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:584
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
+"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
+"server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, "
+"but there is currently no howto available for this."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:591
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server "
+"installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:594
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:600
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:606
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:612
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:618
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:624
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:630
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:636
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:642
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:648
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:654
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:660
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:666
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:672
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:677
+msgid ""
+"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
+"screen shot."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:680
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:689
+msgid "Getting started"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:691
+msgid ""
+"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
+"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:697
+msgid "This is described below."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:699
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
+"describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this "
+"chapter describes the stuff everybody needs to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:703
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:710
+msgid "Services running on the main server"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:712
+msgid ""
+"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
+"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:716
+msgid "Using lwat web based management"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:718
+msgid ""
+"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
+"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
+"groups (add, modify, delete):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:725
+msgid ""
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink "
+"url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. There you will see the "
+"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
+"the right. First you'll see a login screen where you can login with your "
+"admin account. If you visit this site the first time after installation, the "
+"loginname there is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:727
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "admin]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:729
+msgid ""
+"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
+"root account."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:732
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:737
+msgid ""
+"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:742
+msgid "User Management with lwat"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:744
+msgid ""
+"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
+"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
+"workstations and thinclient server in the network. This way the information "
+"about students, pupils, teachers, ... only need to be entered once and are "
+"then available on all systems of the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:746
+msgid ""
+"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
+"data entered to the LDAP directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:748
+msgid ""
+"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
+"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
+"entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:750
+msgid ""
+"Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
+"online manual of lwat."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:754
+msgid "Adding users"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:756
+msgid ""
+"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
+"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
+"data of the user you want to add. The most important thing to add is the "
+"full name of your user (point one in the image). As you enter you will see, "
+"that lwat will generate a username automatically based on the realname. If "
+"you don't like the generated username you can change it later. Second you "
+"need to choose the role of your account, which is used by lwat to determine "
+"the privileges the user has for systemadministration. Currently lwat knows "
+"the following roles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:767
+msgid "Students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:770
+msgid "Login and use the system"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:774
+msgid "Teachers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:777
+msgid "Same as Students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:781
+msgid "jrAdmins"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:784
+msgid ""
+"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
+"of Admins)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:788
+msgid "Admins"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:791
+msgid ""
+"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete "
+"users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux "
+"domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:798
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
+"is added."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:800
+msgid ""
+"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
+"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:803
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:808
+msgid ""
+"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
+"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:811
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Added user: Demo User\n"
+"username: demuse\n"
+"password: somethingsecret\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:819
+msgid "Search and delete Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:821
+msgid ""
+"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
+"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
+"enter either the realname or the username of the user. The results will show "
+"up below the form (marked as resultarea in the image). On the left of every "
+"result line there is a checkbox you can use to delete or disable on or more "
+"user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on "
+"it, all result lines are links to the modify page."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:824
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:829
+msgid ""
+"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
+"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
+"user belongs to."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:832
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:841
+msgid "Group Management with lwat"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:843
+msgid ""
+"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
+"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
+"you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the "
+"modification page you can access all the users of that group."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:845
+msgid ""
+"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
+"you can use them for file permissions too."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:850
+msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:852
+msgid ""
+"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
+"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
+"lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
+"usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
+"architecture see the <ulink "
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture </ulink> "
+"chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:855
+msgid ""
+"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
+"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:870
+msgid "10.0.2.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:873
+msgid "10.0.2.29"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:876
+msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid "10.0.2.30"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:885
+msgid "10.0.2.49"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:894
+msgid "10.0.2.50"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:897
+msgid "10.0.2.99"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:900
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:909
+msgid ""
+"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
+"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:911
+msgid ""
+"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
+"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
+"remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:914
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:920 release-manual.xml:953 release-manual.xml:1484 release-manual.xml:1592
+msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:923
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
+"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
+"by hand as shown directly below."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:927
+msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:929
+msgid ""
+"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
+"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf "
+"</computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart "
+"</computeroutput> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:933
+msgid ""
+"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
+"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
+"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:937
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:943
+msgid ""
+"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
+"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:946
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"host static00 {\n"
+" hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;\n"
+" fixed-address static00;\n"
+"}\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:956
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
+"whenever you have changed the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:961
+msgid "More lwat documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:963
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for lwat can be found at "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:970
+msgid "Printer Managment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:972
+msgid ""
+"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink "
+"url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups "
+"management site where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean "
+"up the printing queue. For changes where you have to login as root with "
+"your root password, you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:975
+msgid ""
+"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
+"do when this does not accomplish anything."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:981
+msgid "Clock synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:983
+msgid ""
+"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
+"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
+"time. The clocks will not be synchronized with an external source by "
+"default, to make sure the machines to not use external network connections "
+"active all the time. This was configured like this after a school "
+"discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra "
+"phone bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:985
+msgid ""
+"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
+"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
+"<computeroutput>server </computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After "
+"this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> as root. To test "
+"if the server is using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq "
+"-c lpeer </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:993
+msgid "Extend full partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:995
+msgid ""
+"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
+"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See "
+"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <ulink "
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>administration "
+"howto chapter </ulink> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
+msgid "Maintainance"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1008
+msgid "Updating the software"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
+msgid ""
+"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
+"</computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
+msgid ""
+"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
+"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (updates the lists of "
+"available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> "
+"(upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
+msgid ""
+"Instead of using the command line you can also use "
+"kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1020
+msgid ""
+"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
+"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
+"send mail to an address you are reading."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1024
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
+"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
+"downloads them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the "
+"download, when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
+"entries to you."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
+msgid "Backup Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
+msgid ""
+"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink "
+"url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please "
+"note that you have to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the "
+"root password there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it "
+"will fail."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
+msgid ""
+"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
+"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
+"(if you delete something) this setup should be fine for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1041
+msgid ""
+"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
+"the existing configuration a bit."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
+"further"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1048
+msgid "Server Monitoring"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
+msgid "Munin"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
+msgid "Nagios"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
+msgid ""
+"Nagios is available from <ulink "
+"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> . There is no "
+"predefined username/password, but this can be added by doing ... (please "
+"fill in the correct information here)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1062
+msgid ""
+"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
+"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
+"with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
+msgid "Sitesummary"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
+msgid ""
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary "
+"</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
+msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
+msgid "Upgrades"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
+msgid ""
+"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
+"applicable law. </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
+msgid ""
+"More <ulink "
+"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about "
+"the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its installation manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
+"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
+"way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
+"and see if everything works as it should."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
+msgid ""
+"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
+"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
+"them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in "
+"the future, but when Debian <ulink "
+"url='http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge "
+"</ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) do that too. This is expected to happen "
+"in April 2008."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
+msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
+msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
+msgid ""
+"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink "
+"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for "
+"Debian etch </ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 "
+"kernel as default, but if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should "
+"</emphasis> read the <ulink "
+"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes "
+"on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
+msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
+msgid ""
+"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
+"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
+"Groups:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1116
+msgid ""
+"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
+"of the Installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
+msgid ""
+"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
+"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
+"large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more "
+"space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free "
+"space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not fullfilled "
+"the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
+msgid "Prepare the System"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
+msgid ""
+"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
+"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1126
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
+"umount /var/spool/squid\n"
+"umount -fl /var ]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"mount /var \n"
+"mount /var/spool/squid\n"
+"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
+msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
+msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1155
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
+msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
+"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
+"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
+"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
+"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
+"based Debian Edu Release). So if there are any questions where you don't "
+"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
+"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org "
+"</ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
+msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
+msgid ""
+"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"user."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
+msgid "* Configure console-data"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
+msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
+msgid "* Configure systat"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
+msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
+msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
+msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
+msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
+msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
+msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
+msgid ""
+"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
+"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
+msgid ""
+"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
+"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the "
+"latest. The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: "
+"Install the latest one."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
+msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+" mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
+" mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
+"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
+msgid ""
+"To fix this you have to edit these two files: "
+"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> "
+"and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> "
+"and comment out in both the line containing: "
+"<emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis>. Then restart the "
+"upgrade process with:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
+msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
+msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
+msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+" slapd\n"
+"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
+msgid ""
+"In order to fix this rename this directory: "
+"<emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb "
+"</emphasis> and since ldap now runs not as root butas user "
+"<emphasis>openldap </emphasis> the permissions of the configuration files "
+"have to be changed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
+"apt-get -f install]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
+msgid ""
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without "
+"</emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please "
+"restart the dist-upgrade process again with:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
+msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+" /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
+"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
+msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
+msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
+msgid ""
+"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
+"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
+"that the user of bind9 has changed, so you'll have to chown all "
+"bind-configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
+msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
+msgid ""
+"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
+"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 "
+"</ulink>. Then upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
+msgid "Howtos for general administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
+"Started </ulink> and <ulink "
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance </ulink> "
+"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic "
+"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
+"and tricks."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
+msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
+msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
+msgid ""
+"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk "
+"</computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ "
+"</computeroutput> are tracked using svk as a version control system. This "
+"make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as "
+"what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
+"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
+msgid ""
+"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
+"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
+msgid "List of useful commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk log\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk status\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk commit\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk ignore\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
+msgid "Usage examples"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
+msgid ""
+"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
+"system was installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
+msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
+msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
+msgid ""
+"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
+"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1339
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
+msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
+"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
+msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
+msgid ""
+"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
+"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
+"the following command run as root:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
+msgid ""
+"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
+"cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
+msgid "Resize Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
+msgid ""
+"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
+"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
+"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
+"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
+"while the partition is unmounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
+"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
+"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
+"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
+"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
+msgid ""
+"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is "
+"provided. When invoked, it reads the configuration from "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
+"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
+"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
+"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
+"the file systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
+"other documentataion? Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
+msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1395 release-manual.xml:1402
+msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
+msgid "Using backports.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1416 release-manual.xml:1813 release-manual.xml:1877
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1418 release-manual.xml:1815 release-manual.xml:1879
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
+"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
+"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
+msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1454
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: see <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode "
+"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings "
+"here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
+"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+"package:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1472
+msgid ""
+"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
+"information on how these variables are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
+msgid "Flash"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1480
+msgid ""
+"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
+"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
+"require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled "
+"binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. [Hm, "
+"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
+"[pere 2007-07-12]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1489
+msgid ""
+"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
+"work with both konqueror and firefox."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
+msgid ""
+"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
+"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
+"</ulink> and install with dpkg -i <package-name> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
+msgid ""
+"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
+"webbrowser or with wget:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"wget "
+"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
+msgid "Then install:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
+msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1509
+msgid "Other useful plugins"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1511
+msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
+msgid "Playing DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
+msgid ""
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
+"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
+"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1522
+msgid ""
+"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
+"just add"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
+msgid ""
+"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
+"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
+msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
+msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1542
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
+"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation "
+"</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+"</computeroutput>. Have a look at "
+"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf "
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
+"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] "
+"</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1575
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf "
+"</computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
+msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
+"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf "
+"</computeroutput>. Another is by providing "
+"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a "
+"script printing one or more servers to connect to. In addition to this, "
+"each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
+"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
+msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
+msgid "Joining the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+msgid ""
+"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
+"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
+"enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also "
+"authenticates the users during the login."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
+msgid ""
+"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
+"required:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+msgid ""
+"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
+"existing)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
+"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
+"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
+"because there is no password for root in Samba."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
+msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
+msgid ""
+"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
+"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
+"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
+"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be "
+"present. This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also "
+"<link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is "
+"important to check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the "
+"required data to be able to join the domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
+msgid ""
+"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
+"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
+msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
+msgid ""
+"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
+"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
+"some time. To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like "
+"local cache in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on "
+"tjener instead) and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
+msgid "XP home"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
+msgid ""
+"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
+"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
+"SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before "
+"Tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
+msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
+msgid ""
+"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
+"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
+"desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, "
+"application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming "
+"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
+msgid ""
+"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
+"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
+"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
+"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
+"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
+"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
+"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
+"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
+"own fault when login is slow."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1653
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
+"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
+"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
+"the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There "
+"are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1658 release-manual.xml:1741
+msgid "Using machine policies"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
+msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
+msgid ""
+"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
+"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
+"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
+"directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language "
+"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
+msgid ""
+"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
+"all other windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1684 release-manual.xml:1757 release-manual.xml:1782
+msgid "Using global policies"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
+msgid ""
+"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
+"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
+"tjener. This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all "
+"machines. But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite "
+"easily lock yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience "
+"with this please elaborate here... FIXME"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
+msgid "Editing Windows registry"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
+"to other computers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
+"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
+msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
+msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
+msgid ""
+"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
+"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
+"click it, or add it to a script to spread it to other machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
+msgid "Sources:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
+msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
+"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
+"into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want "
+"to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal "
+"network shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
+msgid ""
+"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
+"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
+"available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
+"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
+msgid ""
+"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
+"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
+"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
+msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
+msgid ""
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
+"Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
+msgid "FIXME"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
+msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
+msgid "Using a local policy"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
+msgid ""
+"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
+"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
+"dedicated machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
+msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
+msgid ""
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
+"profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
+msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
+msgid "altering samba config"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
+msgid ""
+"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
+"is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path "
+"and logon home variables, and restart samba."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"logon path = \"\"\n"
+"logon home = \"\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
+msgid "remote Desktops"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
+msgid ""
+"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
+"with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
+"their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
+msgid ""
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation "
+"</ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
+"$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
+msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
+msgid "Schooltool"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
+"use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
+msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
+msgid ""
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
+msgid ""
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
+"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
+msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
+"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
+"wget "
+"http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
+"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
+"\n"
+"wget "
+"http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
+"<inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
+msgid ""
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+"</ulink> - incomplete but interesting"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
-msgid "Release manual for Debian-Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
+msgid "Contribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
+msgid "Let us know you exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
+msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
+msgid ""
+"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
+"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
+"us very much and therefore is already a valuable "
+"contribution. <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
+"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
+"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
+"your installation, by registering in this database. To register, <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use this web form "
+"</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
+msgid "Resources"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
+msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
+msgid ""
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu "
+"</ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
+msgid ""
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu "
+"</ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
+msgid ""
+"we are organized in <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
+"working on different subjects."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
+msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
+msgid "Documentation writers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
+msgid ""
+"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ "
+"</ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
+msgid "Translations wanted"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
+msgid ""
+"Another good way to help is by translating software and "
+"documentation. Information how to translate the documentation can be found "
+"in the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>translation "
+"chapter </ulink> of this book."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
+msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
+"(the region of Extremadura)."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:4
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
+msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
-"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
-"Debian-Edu etch 3.0 release."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
+"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
+"up for beer or coffee and form a new Debian Edu local team!"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:6
-msgid "This document was put into the"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
+msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:7
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
+msgid "Volunteer based support"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
+msgid "in english"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
-"package on $DEBIAN_EDU_DOC_BUILDDATE. (The version at <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch "
-"</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.) <ulink "
-"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </ulink> will "
-"be part of the"
+"<ulink "
+"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
+"</ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:10
-msgid "package, which can be installed on a webserver."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
+msgid ""
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu "
+"</ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report problems "
+"than to get real support"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:11
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
+msgid "in norwegian"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
-"Authors"
+"<ulink "
+"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
+"</ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:17
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About </ulink> "
-"Debian-Edu and Skolelinux"
+"<ulink "
+"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
+"</ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation in Norway "
+"(FRISK)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:35
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
+msgid "in german"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
-"step by step Howtos"
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
+"</ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2020
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
-"Debian-Edu"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
+"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:41
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
+msgid "in french"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - "
-"how+where to find help"
+"<ulink "
+"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
+"</ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
+msgid "Professional support"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
-"Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page "
-"</ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one "
-"page </ulink>"
+"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
+"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
-msgid "Copyright and Authors"
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
+msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
msgid ""
-"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen 2007 and released "
-"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
+"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter "
+"and Ronny Aasen is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:51
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -115,468 +3546,688 @@ msgid ""
"version."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
+msgid ""
+"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
+"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
+msgid ""
+"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
+"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: Put full text of GPL into "
-"Appendix."
+"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
+"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under "
+"the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:57
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
msgid ""
-"Translated versions of this document are not yet available, as the document "
-"itself is very incomplete, even the skeleton is unfinished."
+"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
+"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:59
-msgid "If you want to start translating, you can! Do"
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
+msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
-"and in debian-edu-doc-$version/documentation/release-manual/README you find "
-"information how to create a .po file for your language, and how to update it "
-"against <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne?action=format&mimetype=xml/docbook'>the "
-"source </ulink>."
+"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
+"software projects, read "
+"<computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations "
+"</computeroutput> for more information on this. There are many easy tools "
+"for translating, we suggest to use <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:62
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> describe how to work in svn and "
-"give a step by step howto."
+"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
+"check out some files from from svn, create patches and send those to <ulink "
+"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org "
+"</ulink> - of course you can also file a bug against the debian-edu-doc "
+"package and attach the patch there.."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
-msgid "Potential problems for translators"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
+msgid ""
+"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
+"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
+"</computeroutput> package installed for this to work):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>svn co "
+"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
+"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Remark from Holger: </emphasis> I'm curious to learn if "
-"distributed translating and commiting the .po file into svn works, that is, "
-"if svn automatically merges correctly."
+"Then edit the "
+"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
+"</computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and either "
+"commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to do so) or send "
+"the file to the mailinglist or the BTS."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:68
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
-"Also we will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
-"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
+"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
+"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
+"none yet, and how to update translations."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:69 release-manual.xml:191
-msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
+msgid "Potential problems for translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:2107
+msgid ""
+"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
+"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
-msgid "AboutDebianEdu"
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
+msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
-msgid "Welcome to <ulink url='/DebianEdu'>DebianEdu </ulink> / Skolelinux!"
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
-msgid "Architecture"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
+"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
+"others, see <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight "
+"</ulink> for the full list of copyright owners."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
-"See <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en "
-"</ulink>."
+"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
+"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
+"any later version."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
-"FIXME: Copy <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en "
-"</ulink> over here and and mention the source in an extra paragraph or is "
-"adding Petter to the authors enough?"
+"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
+"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
+"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for "
+"more details."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
-msgid "Requirements"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
+msgid ""
+"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
+"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
+"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
-msgid "Installation"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
+msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
-msgid "Download an installation media for Debian-edu etch rc4"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
+msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
-"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
-"these methods:"
+"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
+"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
+"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
+"allowed."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
-msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
+msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:108
-msgid "and for amd64"
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
+"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
+"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
+"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
+"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
+"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
+"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
+"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
+"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
-"The powerpc port is still under development, and are currently not "
-"officially a supported part of Debian-Edu. The architecture have been "
-"reported to work. Its available for download at <ulink "
-"url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-test-powerpc/debian-edu-powerpc-CD-1.iso'>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-test-powerpc/debian-edu-powerpc-CD-1.iso "
-"</ulink>."
+"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
+"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
+"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
+"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
+"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
+"Program does."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:2157
msgid ""
-"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
-"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
-"profile to profile:"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
+"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
+"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
+"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
+"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
+"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
+"the Program."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:122
-msgid "Installation options"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
+msgid ""
+"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
+"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
-"When you do an Debian-Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
-"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
-"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. Though, <ulink "
-"url='/DebianEdu'>DebianEdu </ulink> is Debian, if you want there are more "
-"than 15000 packages to choose from and a billion of configuration "
-"options. But for the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
+"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
+"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:150
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server installation"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
+"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
+"any change."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
-msgid "HowTo"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
+"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
+"all third parties under the terms of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:154
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
-"user-specific <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here!"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
+"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
+"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
+"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
+"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
+"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. "
+"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
+"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
+"print an announcement.)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:158
-msgid "Those are not that many:"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
+msgid ""
+"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
+"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
+"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
+"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
+"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same "
+"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
+"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
+"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
+"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:183
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
-"<ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
-"</ulink> - incomplete but interesting"
+"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
+"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
+"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
+"based on the Program."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:187
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid ""
-"(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
+"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
+"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
+"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
+"License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:188
-msgid "Other topics"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
+"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
+"also do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
-"Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink "
-"url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
+"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:196
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
+"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
+"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
+"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
-msgid "LDAP Setup"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
+"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
+"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
+"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:206
-msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
+msgid ""
+"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
+"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
+"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
+"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
+"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source "
+"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
+"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
+"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
+"component itself accompanies the executable."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:208
-msgid "modify Kiosk mode"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
+msgid ""
+"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
+"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
+"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
+"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
+"the object code."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
-msgid "Flash"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
+"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
+"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
+"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
+"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
+"as such parties remain in full compliance."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:211
-msgid "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the"
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
+"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
+"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
+"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
+"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
+"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
+"or works based on it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
-"debian package. It require a working Internet connection, and will download "
-"the precompiled binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package "
-"before [...]. [Hm, no use documenting this if it does not work. pere "
-"2007-07-12]."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
+"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
+"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
+"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
+"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
+"this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
-msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
+"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
+"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
+"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you "
+"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
+"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
+"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license "
+"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
+"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
+"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
+"distribution of the Program."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:217
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
-"[pere 2007-07-12]"
+"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
+"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
+"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:218
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
-"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
-"work with both konqueror and firefox."
+"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
+"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
+"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
+"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
+"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
+"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
+"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
+"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
+"licensee cannot impose that choice."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:220
-msgid "Java"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
+msgid ""
+"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
+"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
-msgid "Sound & Video"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
+"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
+"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
+"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
+"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates "
+"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:225
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
-"- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ "
-"</ulink> or some other site?"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
+"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
+"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
-msgid "Thin Clients vs Half-Thick Clients"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
+msgid ""
+"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
+"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
+"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
+"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of "
+"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
+"Foundation."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
-msgid "printer managing"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
+"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
+"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
+"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
+"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
+"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
+"generally."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
-msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
+"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
+"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
+"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
+"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
+"PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
+"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
+"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
+"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
+"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
+"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
+"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
+"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
+"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
+"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:238
-msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
+msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
-msgid "Maintainance"
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
+msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
-msgid "Updating the software"
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
+msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
-msgid "document how to use aptitude upgrade / kde-update-notifier"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2259
+msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
-msgid "are cron-apt and apt-listchanges installed and configured?"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
+msgid ""
+"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
+"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
+"ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard "
+"layout, use the <computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is "
+"the wanted keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd "
+"build script documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale "
+"codes:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:246
-msgid "Backups"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
+msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:247
-msgid "document slbackup-php / give pointers"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2282
+msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
-msgid "Monitoring"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2285 release-manual.xml:2295
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
-msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
+msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
-msgid "Upgrades"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
+msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
-msgid "Upgrades from Debian-Edu sarge"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
+msgid "German"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:255
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: document known any issues here!"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
+msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:258
-msgid "Upgrades from older Debian-Edu / Skolelinux installations"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
+msgid "de"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:259
-msgid ""
-"Upgrades from the woody based Debian-Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
-"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
-"<ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 "
-"</ulink>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
+msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
-msgid "Contribute"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
+msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
-msgid "Resources"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2325 release-manual.xml:2335
+msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2319
+msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:276
-msgid "Translations wanted"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
+msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:279
-msgid "how to help / translate"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
+msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:280
-msgid "explain how to help debian-edu explain how to help debian / upstream"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
+msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
-msgid "Join a local debian-edu team"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
+msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
-"(the region of Extremadura)."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
+msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
-msgid "start a new local debian-edu team"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
+msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
-"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
-"up for beer or coffee and form a new Debian Edu local team!"
+"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
+"UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have "
+"translations installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in "
+"/usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
-msgid "Support"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
+msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:292
-msgid "volunteer based support"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
+msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
-msgid "professional support"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
+msgid "Download"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
+msgid ""
+"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
+"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
+"url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from "
+"ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index dd7b325..4e6e496 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-02 11:12 UTC</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-04 14:41 UTC</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
<section>
<title>Installation options
</title>
-<para>When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. Though, Debian Edu is Debian, if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and a billion of configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine.
+<para>When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc installer does not support graphical installation. Enter <computeroutput>install
</computeroutput> at the boot prompt to do a text-mode install.
@@ -976,6 +976,27 @@ password: somethingsecret
</computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything.
</para>
</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Clock synchronization
+</title>
+<para>The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will not be synchronized with an external source by default, to make sure the machines to not use external network connections active all the time. This was configured like this after a school discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra phone bill.
+</para>
+<para>To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the <computeroutput>server
+</computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart
+</computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer
+</computeroutput>.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Extend full partitions
+</title>
+<para>Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n
+</computeroutput> as root. See the "Resize Partitions" HowTo in the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>administration howto chapter
+</ulink> for more information.
+</para>
+</section>
</section>
</section>
@@ -1035,6 +1056,15 @@ password: somethingsecret
<section>
<title>Nagios
</title>
+<para>Nagios is available from <ulink url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/
+</ulink> . There is no predefined username/password, but this can be added by doing ... (please fill in the correct information here).
+</para>
+<para>By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing
+</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email
+</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email
+</computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg
+</computeroutput>.
+</para>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1265,10 +1295,13 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<section>
<title>Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system
</title>
-<para>With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all files in /etc/ is tracked using svk as a version control system. This make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in <computeroutput>~root/.svk/
+<para>With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk
+</computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/
+</computeroutput> are tracked using svk as a version control system. This make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in <computeroutput>~root/.svk/
</computeroutput>.
</para>
-<para>This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in /etc/ are commited every hour.
+<para>This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in <computeroutput>/etc/
+</computeroutput> are commited every hour.
</para>
<para>List of useful commands:
</para><screen><![CDATA[ debian-edu-etc-svk diff
@@ -1532,9 +1565,9 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]
-[[BR]]X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024
-[[BR]]X_HORZSYNC = "60-70"
-[[BR]]X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
+X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024
+X_HORZSYNC = "60-70"
+X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
]]>
</screen>
<para>somewhere below the default settings.
@@ -1608,13 +1641,13 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</section>
<section>
-<title>Managing poaming profiles
+<title>Managing roaming profiles
</title>
<para>Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available.
</para>
-<para>Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, but the most common problems is that userse save their files on the windows desktop or in my docuents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data.
+<para>Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>The educational aproach
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach
</emphasis> One way to deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their own fault when login is slow.
</para>
<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile
@@ -1701,15 +1734,15 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
<section>
<title>Redirecting parts of profile
</title>
-<para>Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You may experience that users loose files becouse they mistakenly save things into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal network shares.
+<para>Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal network shares.
</para>
<section>
<title>Using machine policies
</title>
-<para>Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit usinggpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents.
+<para>Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents.
</para>
-<para>One thing to remeber is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders are automaticaly added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want this, you should also disable that in following
+<para>One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want this, you should also disable that in following
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files
</para>
@@ -1731,8 +1764,11 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
<section>
<title>Avoiding roaming profiles
</title>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Using a local policy
-</emphasis> Would disable roaming profile on individual machines. This is often wanted on special machines, forinstance on dedicated machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith.
+
+<section>
+<title>Using a local policy
+</title>
+<para>Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith.
</para>
<para>You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -1740,11 +1776,26 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>FIXME: what is the key for the global policy editor
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Using global policies
+</title>
+<para>FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>altering samba config
-</emphasis> Would disable roaming profiles for all machines. FIXME
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>altering samba config
+</title>
+<para>By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path and logon home variables, and restart samba.
</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[logon path = ""
+logon home = ""
+]]>
+</screen>
+</section>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2009,7 +2060,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</title>
<para>The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
-<para>The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
+<para>The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
<para>The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list